>

Miami (Karaoke Instrumental Track)[In the style of Will Smith]

ProSound Karaoke Band

Karaoke In the Style of Will Smith (Professional Performance Tracks) track 89 disc 11

2010

RampB

19927367

eng - Amazoncom Song ID 218269350

Spanish Monastery

Fairchild Gardens

Coconut Grove Cemetery

Vizcaya Gardens

The Hard Rock Casino

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Spanish Monastery

Fairchild Gardens

Coconut Grove Cemetery

Vizcaya Gardens

The Hard Rock Casino

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Fairchild Gardens

Coconut Grove Cemetery

Vizcaya Gardens

The Hard Rock Casino

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Coconut Grove Cemetery

Vizcaya Gardens

The Hard Rock Casino

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Vizcaya Gardens

The Hard Rock Casino

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

The Hard Rock Casino

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Hollywood Beach Broadwalk

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Villa Paula

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Bayside Marketplace

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Adrienne Arsht Center

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Van Dyke Cafe

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

The

Bilt

mor

e

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Coral Castle

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

WHAT DO THESE IMAGES

HAVE IN COMMON

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Purpose - The purpose of your assignment is to write an essay that educates interests and surprises the reader about a specific place in South Florida Your essay should present your reader with first hand observation and description of your location - this is known as primary research Your essay will also require secondary research in order to obtain background andor historical information about your location In the first essay you were asked to explore yourself through a literacy narrative You used rhetorical contexts such as audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals such as ethos pathos and logos to compose your essay In the second essay you will be using these same contexts and appeals but you will be writing with the aim to inform or educate the audience on a given location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Unit ObjectivesAfter completing this assignment you will learn how to1 Effectively observe and incorporate your observation into your essay using

descriptive language2 Compose a logically structured essay3 Navigate successfully between open and closed forms4 Design a surprising reversal thesis that gives shape and purpose to your informative essay5 Understand rhetorical contexts audience purpose and genre and rhetorical appeals ethos pathos and logos6 Develop an understanding of style that is appropriate and effective in your informative essay7 Understand and incorporate primary and secondary research in the essay effectively8 Demonstrate your writing process drafting revisions editing and proofreading

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Topic - A place in South Florida Since you will be required to observe this place the location you choose should be accessible and close enough to visit Your location should be small enough for a focused essay For example do not choose an entire city or large area Your location should be specific Some examples of specific locations include but are not limited to a part of a beach a restaurant a house of worship or any other interesting and significant location You may choose a location at FIU but make sure that your location is small and focused

Your essay should be interesting and surprising For the purpose of this essay you must make use of the ldquosurprising reversalrdquo technique to capture and hold your readers attention Audience - Your classmates and instructors and the larger FIU community

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Primary research

An observation log You will use your observation log to help you record the details that you observe and to write about your location in a descriptive interesting and significant way

Secondary Research

At least one secondary source This may include but is not limited to local newspapers local magazines scholarly journals and books Do not use encyclopedic sources and only use Internet sources if they are credible You will use your source to deepen your understanding of your location You may discover new and surprising things about your location through your research Your location may have an interesting history or cultural significance or you may find that an interesting event takes place in your location

Components of the Informative Essay ldquoSurprising Reversal Techniquerdquo Assignment Sheet

Research Requirements

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

FOR EXAMPLE DID YOU KNOW THAT THE COCONUT GROVE CEMETERY IS A HISTORICAL LOCATION WHERE THE VERY

FIRST BAHAMIAN IMMIGRANTS WERE BURIED AND THAT IT WAS USED IN MICHAEL JACKSONrsquoS THRILLER

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Unit Assignment Activity Invention

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

1 Is this location specific enough for a focused essay Why or why not

2 What makes this location significant and interesting

3 Is there anything about this location that people may not know or that may be surprising

4 What kinds of things might I want to look up to find out more information about this location

Unit Assignment Activity

Discussion Points

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Includes

1 Syllabus for ENC 1101

2 Informative Essay Unit assignment

3 Informative Essay Grading Rubric

4 Student schedule of events daily learning objectives and homework for Informative Essay Unit

5 Instructor schedule of events and complete lesson plans

6 Suggested Reading for Instructors

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

12 WEEK OVERVIEW OF INFORMATIVE ESSAY UNIT

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 2INFORMATIVE ESSAY amp INVENTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn the conventions of an informative essay through group

discussion and hands on activities In groups students will work to brainstorm

possible topics for their essays

GOALS

1 Understand the conventions of an informative essay

2 Establish approaches for studentsrsquo essays

3 Invent possible topics for each studentrsquos essay

4 Work together to help narrow down possible topics to two per student

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

INFORMATIVE ESSAY

bull Students discuss the ways to build an informative essay

bull Students discuss the ldquoCrazy Things Seem Normal Normal Things Seem Crazyrdquo in relation to informative structures and incorporating observations

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

INVENTION TECHNIQUES

bull The class practices observation techniques by observing the beginning stages of class and discusses and analyzes the data they obtain

bull The class uses the previous nightrsquos homework to discuss possible place topics choosing the two most promising topics for each group member

bull Observing with senses

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 3RESEARCH QUESTION amp FURTHER INVENTION

PURPOSE

Through interactive class discussion students will learn the importance of

research questions as well as the best way to create a research question They will work towards creating a research

question of their own

GOALS

1 Understand the uses of research questions

2 Establish possible research questions

3 Better understand observations techniques

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

FURTHER INVENTION

Seeing other perspectives

bull Students get into pairs and swap chosen places providing background information if necessary

bull Each student free writes on his or her partnerrsquos chosen place

bull Students discuss their partnersrsquo responses to their topics

bull Students change partners and redo this exercise

bull Students enter their partnersrsquo suspicions and questions into their observation journal

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

RESEARCH QUESTIONS

bull Class discusses formation of research questionsbull Class looks at example research questions and

establishes their worthbull In groups students discuss each memberrsquos five possible

research questions from previous nightrsquos homework bull worth as potential research questionsbull Students may work on establishing their actual research

question based on group discussion

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

CLASS 4USING SECONDARY SOURCES AND

AVOIDING PLAGIARISM

Purpose

bull Using both class discussion and small group work students will work on understanding and using secondary sources effectively

bull Students will also work on using attributive tags to separate their own ideas from their source material

bull In addition students will discuss plagiarism and its effect on their own writing

Goals1 Understand three ways to use

sources in an informative essay quotation paraphrase and summary

2 Clarify the difference between these sources and identify when they can be used effectively

3 Understand the difference between plagiarism and patch writing

4 Clarify the importance of avoiding plagiarism and patch writing in academic writing

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

DIFFERENT KINDS OF SECONDARY SOURCES

Books

Newspapers

Internet

Magazines and Journals

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

SECONDARY SOURCES

Discussion

The Class discusses the difference between quotation paraphrase and summary

Group Workshops

Groups use articles from their homework to discuss examples of quotation paraphrase and summary and the use of attributive tags

Presentations

Each group has an opportunity to present their grouprsquos ideas

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

PLAGIARISM

Is plagiarism stealing

Journal

The class writes in their journals answering questions about

plagiarism

Discussion

The class discusses plagiarism and strategies for avoiding plagiarism

The class discusses the differences between plagiarism and patchwriting

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL

Purpose

Students will learn how to use observations and the double-entry notebook as tools for their informative

essay

Goal 1 Understand how to use the double entry notebook as a tool for finding surprising insights and perspectives

Goal 2 Understand how to use descriptive details that show rather than tell

Goal 3 Analyze sample descriptive essay to practically understand how to use good observations

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

DOUBLE ENTRY NOTEBOOK

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Using ldquoBehind Stone Wallsrdquo student essay (pg 182 Allyn amp Bacon) identify ldquoshow wordsrdquo

bull Discuss the essay with your groupbull In the group write the ldquoshow wordsrdquo down on a piece of paperbull On the board write down the show wordsbull Discuss with the class how the specific words help describe the placebull Using diagram 42 page 73 discuss where on the scale of

abstraction Carprsquos essay fits

GROUP ACTIVITY FEATURES OF GOOD OBSERVATION

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Answer these three questions about surprising reversal on page 184 Allyn and Bacon

1 What is the audience that Cheryl Carp imagines

2 For this audience what is the common view of prisoners that Cheryl Carp attempts to reverse

3 What is her own surprising view

HOW DO I USE OBSERVATION TO SUPPORT MY SURPRISING REVERSAL INFORMATIVE ESSAY

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

CLASS 6RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

Purpose

Through class discussion and writing the students explore

the rhetorical appeals and their relation to style in an

informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the rhetorical appeals logos pathos and

ethos2 Develop an understanding

of the levels of style and the ways style can be used

in an informative essay

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

RHETORICAL APPEALS AND STYLE

bull Logosbull Pathosbull Ethos

The class discusses the rhetorical appeals and how they are used in an informative essay

The class discusses the concept of style and how it is affected by audience purpose and rhetorical

choices

Using the essay Behind Stone Walls the students re-write a paragraph in a different style

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL

Purpose

Using their own surprising reversal thesis ideas students will discuss and refine their ideas and supporting points through class discussion and

peer interaction in small groups

Goals

1 Understand thesis and surprising reversal in

informative essays

2 Grapple with the effective and non-effective use of

thesis and surprising reversal

Parts of an informative essay part I

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

CLASS 7THESIS AND SURPRISING REVERSAL ACTIVITY

The Thesis Monster

bull Students write in their journals answering questions about thesis statements and surprising reversal

bull The class discusses their answers to their journal questions and looks at samples of surprising reversal thesis statements

bull The students work on their own surprising reversal thesis statements in small groups

bull The groups have an opportunity to present their statements to the class

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 8INTRODUCTION

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to write a thesis driven introduction Each student will brainstorm on1 What is the purpose and function of

an introduction2 Learn the appropriate form of an

essay in order to be able to model and identify ways to bull Use various attention grabbers

motivators in writing an introduction

bull Identify sound thesis statements and the surprising reversal technique

bull Generate a blueprint for the paper

GOALS

1 Introduce the topic in an interesting way that entices the reader

2 Indicate how the topic is to be developed in the body paragraphs that follow

3 Learn how to seamlessly incorporate the thesis statement into the introduction

Parts of an inform

ative essay part II

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 8PEER GROUP

ACTIVITY

2 Instruct students to exchange their draft1

bull Instruct them to identify the motivator Highlight in yellow the motivator

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Was the motivator effective at hooking the reader Why or why not

3 Instruct them to identify the thesis statement Underline the thesis statement

bull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are reviewing

1 Is the thesis statement clear What is the subject and the opinion

4 Instruct them to identify the blueprint Highlight in pink each idea provided that

will support the thesisbull Instruct them to respond on the back of the draft they are

reviewing1 How many ideas did the writer present What are the possible ideas mentioned to support the thesis and will form the remainder of the essay2 Are these ideas relevant and supportive of the thesis statement

5 Discuss ways the writer could possibly improve the introduction6 Return reviewed draft to Writer

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Purpose Students will learn how to

structure the body and conclusion of their informative essay

Goals

1 Understand the purpose of the body and conclusion in an essay2 Understand how to use

observations and specific examples to provide support in

the body3 Analyze a sample student essay

on place to practically understand how to write the

essay

CLASS 9STRUCTURE BODY AND CONCLUSION

Parts of an informative essay part III

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

bull An introduction that engages the readerrsquos interest in a place and

provides needed context and background

bull A section that explains the common or popular view of this place

bull A section that gives the writerrsquos surprising view of the place developed with information derived from personal observations

bull A conclusion that summarizes the surprising reversal and analyzes the observations at the place

LECTURE AND DISCUSSION

Using chapter seven page 173 in Allyn and Bacon Shaping Drafting and Revising look at the shape of a surprising reversal essay

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

SPECTRUM FOR OPEN AND CLOSED FORM

PAGE 10 AND 11

Closed Forms Open FormsTop-down thesis-based prose

bull Thesis explicitly stated in introduction

bull All parts of essay linked clearly to thesis

bull Body paragraphs develop thesis

bull Body paragraphs have topic sentences

bull Structure forecasted

Delayed-thesis prose

bull Thesis appears near

endbull Text reads as

a mysterybull Reader held

in suspense

Thesis seeking prose

bull Essay organized around a question

rather than a thesis

bull Essay explores the problem or question

looking at it in many ways

bull Writer may or may not arrive

at thesis

Theme-based narrative

bull Often organized chronologically

or has story-like elements

bull Often used to heighten or deepen a

problem or show its human

significancebull Often has an

implicit theme rather than a

thesisbull Often violates

rules of closed-form prose by using literary

techniques

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

bull What surprising view does this essay addressbull What is the common expected or popular view held by the audiencebull What examples details or observations support the body of the essaybull What topic sentences does the essay usebull How does the writer transition between ideas in the essaybull How effective is the paper at hooking the readerrsquos interest in the placebull How does the writer analyze the observations throughout the paper and in

the conclusionbull Where on the spectrum of closed and open form does this essay fit See

page 10 and 11

GROUP ACTIVITY STUDENT SAMPLE ESSAY ON PLACE

Prompt After reading the student sample essay answer these eight questions in your groups and present to the class

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

CLASS 10

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 11PEER REVIEW

PURPOSE

Using the rubric students will break into groups of two and peer review each

otherrsquos papers for global issues in their informative essay

GOALS1 Understand how to

evaluate and judge an informative essay paper

2 Understand the elements of an effective informative paper

3 Understand audience when writing an informative paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 12CITING EDITING AND PROOFREADING

PURPOSE

Students will learn how to efficiently and effectively edit and proofread their paper They will understand

bull How to incorporate sources into their informative essay paper

bull How to correct errors in spelling mechanics and grammar not problems with organization

GOALS

1 Understand why we cite

2 Understand the importance of proofreading a paper prior to submission

3 Correctly use in-text citation and bibliography using the APA citation style

4 Effectively proofread a paper as an objective reader

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 12HOMEWORK AND ACTIVITY

Homework Online grammar excercisePeer group procedure

1 Explain the aim is to point out minor problems not to fix them

2 Instruct students to mark the paper even if they are not sure if there is an error The author can check it later

3 On chalkboardwhite boardprojector draw the 4 symbols that will be used in the activity1 insert a commause a period here 2 begin a new paragraph no

paragraph3 spellingcapitalization and 4 deleteinsert

Peer group activity

1 Instruct students to pass their final copy to the person to their right

2 Instruct students to check for first proofreading error

3 When 6 minutes has passed pass papers to the right again this time check for next common error identified

4 Continue passing papers and checking specific aspects until the time is up and the person has once again received their own paper

Class 13Reflection

Purpose

Students will reflect on their informative essays and their

writing process

This Presentation has been brought to you by the members of Group 4

Sarah Cash

Amanda Hosey

Michelle Munroe

Veronica Suarez

We thank you for your time and encourage you to take advantage of the resources we have provided for teaching with lsquobest practicesrsquo

• Slide 1
• Slide 2
• Slide 3
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Slide 6
• Slide 7
• Slide 8
• Slide 9
• Slide 10
• Slide 11
• Slide 12
• Slide 13
• Slide 14
• Slide 15
• Slide 16
• Slide 17
• Slide 18
• Slide 19
• Slide 20
• Slide 21
• Slide 22
• Slide 23
• Slide 24
• Slide 25
• Slide 26
• FOR EXAMPLE did you know that the Coconut Grove Cemetery is a
• Slide 28
• Slide 29
• Slide 30
• 12 Week overview of informative essay unit
• Slide 32
• INFORMATIVE ESSAY
• Slide 34
• Slide 35
• FURTHER INVENTION
• RESEARCH QUESTIONS
• Class 4 Using Secondary Sources and Avoiding Plagiarism
• Different Kinds of Secondary Sources
• Secondary Sources
• Plagiarism
• Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL
• Double Entry Notebook
• Group Activity Features of Good Observation
• How do I use observation to support my surprising reversal info
• Class 6 Rhetorical Appeals and Style
• Rhetorical Appeals and Style
• Class 7 Thesis and Surprising Reversal
• Class 7 Thesis and Surprising Reversal Activity
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Class 9 structure Body and conclusion
• Lecture and Discussion
• Spectrum for Open and Closed Form page 10 and 11
• Group Activity Student Sample Essay on Place
• Slide 56
• Slide 57
• Slide 58
• Slide 59
• Slide 60
• Slide 61

This Presentation has been brought to you by the members of Group 4

Sarah Cash

Amanda Hosey

Michelle Munroe

Veronica Suarez

We thank you for your time and encourage you to take advantage of the resources we have provided for teaching with lsquobest practicesrsquo

• Slide 1
• Slide 2
• Slide 3
• Slide 4
• Slide 5
• Slide 6
• Slide 7
• Slide 8
• Slide 9
• Slide 10
• Slide 11
• Slide 12
• Slide 13
• Slide 14
• Slide 15
• Slide 16
• Slide 17
• Slide 18
• Slide 19
• Slide 20
• Slide 21
• Slide 22
• Slide 23
• Slide 24
• Slide 25
• Slide 26
• FOR EXAMPLE did you know that the Coconut Grove Cemetery is a
• Slide 28
• Slide 29
• Slide 30
• 12 Week overview of informative essay unit
• Slide 32
• INFORMATIVE ESSAY
• Slide 34
• Slide 35
• FURTHER INVENTION
• RESEARCH QUESTIONS
• Class 4 Using Secondary Sources and Avoiding Plagiarism
• Different Kinds of Secondary Sources
• Secondary Sources
• Plagiarism
• Class 5 OBERVATION JOURNAL
• Double Entry Notebook
• Group Activity Features of Good Observation
• How do I use observation to support my surprising reversal info
• Class 6 Rhetorical Appeals and Style
• Rhetorical Appeals and Style
• Class 7 Thesis and Surprising Reversal
• Class 7 Thesis and Surprising Reversal Activity
• Slide 50
• Slide 51
• Class 9 structure Body and conclusion
• Lecture and Discussion
• Spectrum for Open and Closed Form page 10 and 11
• Group Activity Student Sample Essay on Place
• Slide 56
• Slide 57
• Slide 58
• Slide 59
• Slide 60
• Slide 61